رِسَالَةُ بُولُسَ الرَّسُولِ إِلَى أَھْلِ فِيلِبِّى

Page 1

‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬

‫أوال‪ :‬كاتبھا ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺒﺎﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻭل )ﺹ‪.( :‬‬

‫ثانيا‪ :‬لمن كتبت ‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ ﺘﻘﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﻕ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺴﺴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻜـﺩﻭﻨﻰ‬

‫ﺃﺒﻭ ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻜﺒﺭ ﻭﺴﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺴﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺘﻘﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻬﺭ ﻜﺒﻴﺭ ﻭﻤﻭﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴـﺭﺒﻁ ﺁﺴـﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻭﺭﻭﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺴﻌﺔ ﺃﻤﻴﺎل ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻴﻨﺎﺀ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﻭﻟﻴﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﺭﻭﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌﺕ ﺒﺎﻹﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤﺎﻨﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴـﻜﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻤـﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﻤـﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻌﺩﺩﻫﻡ ﻗﻠﻴل ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻤﺠﻤﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻴﺼﻠﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪52‬ﻡ ﻭﺃﺴﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺭﺅﻴﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺠل‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻰ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﻨﻬﻡ )ﺃﻉ‪.(9 :16‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺁﻤﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺩﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺃﺨﺭﺝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺭﺍﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻟﻘﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺴﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻟـﺯل‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻭﺁﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺯﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪57‬ﻡ ﻭﻋﺎﻡ ‪58‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ثالثا ً‪ :‬زمن كتابتھا‪:‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ ‪63‬ﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﺍﺨﺭ ﺴﺠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺒﺭﻭﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫رابعا ً‪ :‬مكان كتابتھا‪:‬‬ ‫‪329‬‬


‫ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺴﺠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻷﻭل )ﺹ‪(13 ،7 :1‬‬

‫خامسا ً ‪ :‬أغراضھا ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺸﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻭﺭﻓﻘﺎﺌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻁﻤﺄﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺭﺽ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺜﻡ ﺸﻔﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻀﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -5‬ﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫سادسا ً ‪ :‬أقسامھا ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬

‫)ﺹ‪(1‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)ﺹ‪(3‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪330‬‬

‫)ﺹ‪(2‬‬ ‫)ﺹ‪(4‬‬


‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﺯﺓ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺑﻮﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬تحية افتتاحية )ع ‪:(2 ،1‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻋ ْﺒﺪَﺍ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭ ُ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺑُﻮﹸﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٍﺔ‪2 .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻓِﻴﻠِﺒﱢﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﺳَﺎ ِﻗ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ َﻭ َﺷﻤَﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺃﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﻅﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻻﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﺭﻴﺎﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻘﺭﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﺴﻡ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﺴﻤﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻔﺭﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ‪ ،‬ﻤﺴﺎﻭﻴﹰﺎ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻘﺩ ﺍﺸﺘﺭﺍﻩ ﺒﺩﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﻴﻥ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺩﺍ ﻟﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺩ ﺇﻻ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺴﻴﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺫﻫﺏ‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻋـﺔ ﻷﻤـﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﻴـﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻰ ﻴﻘﻭل ﻟﻪ "ﺃﻋﺒﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻨﺎ"‬ ‫)ﺃﻉ‪.(9 :16‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺭﺴل ﺴﻼﻤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﺓ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻤﺜﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﻭﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ : 2‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﻭﻥ ﻴﺒﺩﺃﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺘﻌﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺠﻤﻊ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺘﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻗﺒل ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﺭﺘﻴﺒﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺘﺭﺘﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﻤل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﺴﻼﻤﺎﹰ‪.‬‬

‫‪331‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫)‪ (2‬محبة بولس وصلواته ألجلھم )ع‪:(11-3‬‬ ‫‪3‬ﹶﺃ ْﺷﻜﹸﺮُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬﹺﻰ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﺫ ﹾﻛﺮﹺﻯ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ‪4‬ﺩَﺍِﺋﻤًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﹶﺃ ْﺩ ِﻋَﻴﺘِﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣُ ﹶﻘﺪﱢﻣًﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﱠ ﹾﻠَﺒ ﹶﺔ َﻷﺟْـ ﹺﻞ َﺟﻤِـﻴ ِﻌﻜﹸﻢْ‬

‫ﺐ ﻣُﺸَﺎ َﺭ ﹶﻛِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹺﻝ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‪6 .‬ﻭَﺍِﺛﻘﹰﺎ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺍْﺑَﺘ َﺪﹶﺃ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺴَﺒ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ﹶﻔ َﺮﺡﹴ‪ِ5 ،‬ﻟ َ‬

‫ﺤﻖﱡ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓَﺘ ِﻜ َﺮ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱢـﻰ‬ ‫ﺢ‪7 .‬ﻛﹶﻤَﺎ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ﹶﻜﻤﱢﻞﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻤ ﹰ‬

‫ﺣَﺎ ِﻓﻈﹸﻜﹸﻢْ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠﺒﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﻭُﺛﹸﻘِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﺤَﺎﻣَﺎ ِﺓ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ َﻭَﺗ ﹾﺜﺒﹺﻴِﺘﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃْﻧﺘُﻢُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺷُ َﺮﻛﹶﺎﺋِﻰ ﻓِـﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﱢﻴ ِﻪ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺢ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹸﺃ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺣﺸَﺎ ِﺀ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﺃ ْﺷﺘَﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺷَﺎﻫِﺪٌ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤ ِﺔ‪ 8 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠﺘُﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ َﻭﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﹶﻓ ْﻬ ﹴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺗ ْﺰﺩَﺍ َﺩ َﻣ َ‬

‫ﲔ َﻭﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺼَ‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﺗُ َﻤﻴﱢﺰُﻭﺍ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ َﺭ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَُﺘﺨَﺎِﻟ ﹶﻔﺔﹶ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﻣُﺨْ ِﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻋ ﹾﺜ َﺮ ٍﺓ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭ َﺣ ْﻤ ِﺪ ِﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺛ َﻤ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹺﺑَﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪َ 11‬ﻣ ْﻤﻠﹸﻮِﺋ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻌﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺇﺫ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻴﺸﻌﺭﻙ ﺒﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻤﻌﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﻭﺩﺓ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻓﺭﺡ ﺒﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ : 4‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻜﻠﻤﺎ ﺼﻠﻰ ﻤﺎﺯﺠﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﺒﻔﺭﺡ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻀﺎﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﻌﺭ‬

‫ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺘﻘﻴﻴﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻨﻘﻑ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺭﺓ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﻨﻁﻠﺏ ﻭﻨﻨﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺸﻜﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻨﻁﻠﺏ‬

‫ﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻨﻨ َ‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺴﺎﻫﻤﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﻤﻨﺫ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻫﺘﺩﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬

‫ﻴﻜﺘﺏ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺴﺠﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺘﻘﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺸﺭ ﺴﻨﻭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪332‬‬


‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﺜﻕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻫﻡ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺜﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ‬

‫ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﻟﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﺒﻭﺘﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺇﺤﺴﺎﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﻭﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﺩﻓﺎﻋﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﺩﺤﻬﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸﻴﺭ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﺴﺎﻋﺩﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴُﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺼﺩﻕ ﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻭﻋﻭﺍﻁﻑ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺤﺏ ﺒﺸﺭﻯ ﺒل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻨﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﺤﺒﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ )ﺃﺤﺸﺎﺀ( ﺤﺘﻰ ﺒﺫل ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺼﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻟﻜﻰ ﺘﻨﻤﻭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﺄﻜﺜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺘﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﻫﻨﹰﺎ ﻤﺴﺘﻨﻴﺭًﺍ ﻭﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀﺔ ﻓﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺘﺭﻙ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻨﻌﺭﺝ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻗﺘﻴﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻨﺯﺭﻉ ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﺒﻠﺒﻠﺔ ﻓﻜﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﻨﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻟﻺﻨﺠﻴل ﻭﻨﺘﺠﻨﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﻤﺠﺊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺜﻤﺭ ﻭﺜﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻨﻌﻠﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬انتشار اإلنجيل )ع‪:(20-12‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱡ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪13 ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﻥﱠ‬ ‫‪12‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹸﺃﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧﻮَﺓ ُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﹸﺃﻣُﻮﺭﹺﻯ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺁﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺩَﺍ ﹺﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺﻮ ﹶﻻَﻳﺔِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻰ ﺑَﺎﻗِﻰ ﺍ َﻷﻣَﺎ ِﻛ ﹺﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ َﻊ‪َ 14 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻛﹾﹶﺜﺮُ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ُﻭﹸﺛﻘِﻰ ﺻَﺎ َﺭ ْ‬ ‫‪333‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺴ ٍﺪ‬ ‫ﻑ‪15 .‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﻮﻡٌ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻌ ْﻦ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺧ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺠﺘَﺮﹺﺋﹸﻮﻥﹶ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﹶﺜ َﺮ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹶﻜ ﱡﻠ ﹺﻢ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻭَﺍِﺛﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹺﺑﻮُﺛﹸﻘِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ﹶﻻ َﻋ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻳُﻨَﺎﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺰﱡ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱠ ٍﺓ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ َﻋ ْﻦ َﺗ َ‬ ‫َﻭ ِﺧﺼَﺎ ﹴﻡ َﻳ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮﺯُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ْﻦ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻤَﺎَﻳ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﻣَﻮْﺿُﻮﻉٌ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻦ ﻣَﺤَﺒﱠﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎِﻟ ِﻤ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻳُﻀِﻴﻔﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻭُﺛﹸﻘِﻰ ﺿِﻴﻘﹰﺎ‪َ 17 .‬ﻭﺃﹸﻭﹶﻟِﺌ َ‬ ‫ﺇﹺﺧْﻼﹶﺹﹴ‪ ،‬ﻇﹶﺎﻧﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱟ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﻨَﺎﺩَﻯ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺑﹺﻬَﺬﹶﺍ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﺮﺡُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ‪ 18 .‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ؟ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻭ ْﺟﻪٍ‪ ،‬ﺳَﻮَﺍﺀٌ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ ِﻌﻠﱠ ٍﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺡ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻄ ﹾﻠَﺒِﺘﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻭ ُﻣﺆَﺍ َﺯ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺭُﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴ‬ ‫َﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺳﹶﺄﻓﹾ َﺮﺡُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ 19 .‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ َﻳﺆُﻭ ﹸﻝ ﻟِﻰ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍْﻧِﺘﻈﹶﺎﺭﹺﻯ َﻭ َﺭﺟَﺎﺋِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻻ ﺃﹸ ْﺧﺰَﻯ ﻓِﻰ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ُﻣﺠَﺎ َﻫ َﺮ ٍﺓ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﺣﲔﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 20‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻳَﺘ َﻌﻈﱠﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ٍﺓ ﹶﺃ ْﻡ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﺪِﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳَﻮَﺍﺀٌ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻰ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻁل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺱ‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﺒﺒًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺃﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻭﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻴﻭﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺫﻨﺏ ﺍﺭﺘﻜﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﻻﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻋﻥ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜل ﺠﻨﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺱ ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻯ ﺘﺭﺒﻁ ﻴﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﻼل ﻨﻭﺒﺔ ﺤﺭﺍﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺎﺌﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻜﻥ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺇﺫ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻹﺨﻭﺓ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺴﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻤﺘﻸﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺤﻤﺎﺴﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺭﺯﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻭﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﺭﺯﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﺘﻔﻴﺽ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺴﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻠﻬﻡ ﻴﺒﻠﻐﻭﻥ ﺼﻴﺘﹰﺎ ﻭﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺁﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﺨﻠﺼﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻬﻡ ﻴﺅﺩﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﺭﺯﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻁﻤﻭﺡ ﺍﻷﻨﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺒﺔ "ﺘﺤﺯﺏ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻬﺩﻓﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺫﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﻨﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻫﺩﻓﻬﻡ ﻤﻀﺎﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪334‬‬


‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻭﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺫﺒﻭﻩ ﻋﺫﺍﺒًﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻴًﺎ ﺃﺸﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻋﺫﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﱠل‬ ‫ﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻭﻗﻔﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻓﻴﺘﺴﺎﺀل ﻗﺎﺌﻼ ‪ :‬ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ‪ ...‬ﺜﻡ‬ ‫ﻴﺠﻴﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻡ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺨﺎﻟﺼﺔ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﺒﺎﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻨﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﺤﻭل ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻗﺒل ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﻀﺔ ﻟﻙ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻤﻔﻴﺩﺓ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺨﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻻ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻴﺯﻋﺠﻙ ﺒل ﺸﺠﻌﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻬﺘﻤﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻷﻤﺭ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻀﺩ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻨﺯﻋﺠﺕ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺨﻠﻙ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﻴﺅﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺼﻴﺩ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺘﻁﻠﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﻅﺭﻩ ﻭﻴﺭﺠﻭﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻻ ﻴﻔﺸل ﻓﻰ ﻜﺭﺍﺯﺘﻪ ﺒل ﻴﺠﺎﻫﺭ ﺒﺸﻬﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﻜل‬ ‫ﺸﺠﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺁﻻﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻴﻭﺩﻩ ﺒل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻭﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺴﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺴﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬الحياة والموت )ع ‪:(26-21‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ِﻫ َﻰ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹸﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺭﹺﺑْﺢٌ‪َ 22 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦْ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ﹶﺓ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢُ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 21‬ﻷﻥﱠ ِﻟ َﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﺩﺭﹺﻯ! ‪ 23‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﻣَﺤْﺼُﻮﺭٌ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺍﻻﹾﺛَﻨ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ‪ِ :‬ﻟ َﻰ ﺍﺷْﺘِﻬَﺎﺀٌ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹶﻄ ِﻠ َﻖ َﻭﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻟِﻰ ﹶﺛ َﻤﺮُ َﻋ َﻤﻠِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻤَﺎﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﺧﺘَﺎﺭُ؟ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫‪335‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﹶﺃﹾﻟ َﺰﻡُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪ 25 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﺫ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻭَﺍﺛِﻖٌ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﻀﻞﹸ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪َ 24 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃْﺑﻘﹶﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺫﹶﺍﻙَ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹶﻠﻢُ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻣﻜﹸﺚﹸ ﻭَﺃﹶﺑْﻘﹶﻰ َﻣ َﻊ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱡ ِﻣﻜﹸﻢْ َﻭ ﹶﻓ َﺮ ِﺣﻜﹸﻢْ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ِ26 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ْﺰﺩَﺍ َﺩ ﺍ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎ ُﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻉ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﻮَﺍ ِﺳ ﹶﻄ ِﺔ ُﺣﻀُﻮﺭﹺﻯ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺘﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺭﻯ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺘﺘﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻜل ﺸﺊ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺒﺢ ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺴﺠﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﺠﺩ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺎﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﻤﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻅﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬

‫ﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﺨﺩﻡ ﺇﺨﻭﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ؟‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺎﺘﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺘﻴﻥ ﺘﺴﻴﻁﺭﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﻁﻼﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ ﺤﻴﺙ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﻤﺘﻤﺘﻌﹰﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ‬

‫ﺘﺴﺎﻭﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻴﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺔ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺨﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﻤﻨﻔﻌﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬

‫ﻟﺯﻭﻤ ﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :25‬ﺇﻨﻪ ﻴﺜﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺒﻘﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻴﺤﻘﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ ﻷﺠل ﺘﻘﺩﻤﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻓﺭﺤﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :26‬ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ‪ :‬ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻜﻡ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺒﻘﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﺭﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺒﻌﻭﺩﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﻀﻭﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻭﺴﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤلﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺨﺭﻭﺠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤل ﺃﻥ ﺘﻔﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻨﻅﺭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺼﻙ‬

‫ﻭﺨﻼﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﺴﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﺘﻨﺎل ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪336‬‬


‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺯﻴﺩ ﺃﺸﻭﺍﻗﻙ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﻁﻠﻕ ﻨﺤﻭﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺸﻐﻠﺕ ﺒﺄﻫﺩﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎل‬

‫ﻭﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻭﺸﻬﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺘﻭﺏ ﻭﺘﺭﺠﻊ ﺴﺭﻴﻌًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬الجھاد الروحى )ع ‪:(30-27‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻏﹶﺎِﺋﺒًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺳ َﻤﻊُ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱡ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﹺﺟ ﹾﺌﺖُ َﻭ َﺭﹶﺃْﻳﺘُﻜﹸﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫‪ 27‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪ ،‬ﻋِﻴﺸُﻮﺍ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ‬ ‫ﺨﻮﱠ ِﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ٍﺓ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪ 28 ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻣُ َ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺠَﺎ ِﻫﺪِﻳ َﻦ َﻣﻌًﺎ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬ ‫ﹸﺃﻣُﻮ َﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﺗَﺜﹾﺒُﺘُﻮﻥﹶ ﻓِﻰ ﺭُﻭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ 29 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﻚ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭ ِﻣﲔَ‪ ،‬ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﺮُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺑﻴﱢَﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻟِﻠﹾﻬَﻼﹶﻙِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻓ ِﻠ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﻭُ ِﻫ َ‬ ‫ﺠﻬَﺎ ُﺩ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗَﺘﹶﺄﻟﱠﻤُﻮﺍ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ‪30 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻴﻨُﻪُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺭﹶﺃْﻳُﺘﻤُﻮ ُﻩ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :27‬ﻓﻘﻁ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻤﺎ ﺴﻴﻘﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻜﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺨﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺸﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﻭﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﻤﻊ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺤﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺤﻀﺭ ﻋﻨﺩﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺴﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺜﺎﺒﺘﻭﻥ ﻜﺄﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺠﺎﻫﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻨﺸﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :28‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺨﺎﺌﻔﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺃﻋﻭﺍﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺜﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺭﻫﺎﻥ ﻗﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺄﻫﻠﻬﻡ – ﺒﻔﻀل ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ – ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﻟﻠﻤﻴﺭﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ؛ ﺃﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻴﻥ ﻷﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺘﻘﻭﺩﻫﻡ ﻟﻠﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :29‬ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﺘﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﻫﺒﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻋﻘﺎﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍﺌﻬﺎ ﺇﻜﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻷﻟﻡ ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪337‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :30‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻜﺄﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﻌﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﺩﻭﺍ ﺒﻤﺜل ﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﻫﺩﺕ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻴﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻨﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻗﺒل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺭ ﺒﻙ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺤﻤل ﻜل ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺴﺘﺨﺘﺒﺭ ﻤﻌﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﺘﻌﺯﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺩﻓﻌﻙ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺏ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺒل ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻜل ﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪338‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الوحدانية )ع ‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﺡ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺷ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹲﺔ ﻣَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻠَﻴ ﹲﺔ ﻣَﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﻋْﻆﹲ ﻣَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓٍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹲﺔ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪ ﹲﺓ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹶﺣْﺸَﺎﺀٌ َﻭ َﺭﹾﺃ ﹶﻓﺔﹲ‪ 2 ،‬ﹶﻓَﺘﻤﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺣِﻰ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ َﺗﻔﹾَﺘ ِﻜﺮُﻭﺍ ِﻓ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ ِﻣ ْﻦ‬ ‫ﺾ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺑ ْﻌﻀُﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻊﹴ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺎ ِﺳﹺﺒ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﺑﹺﻌُﺠْﺐﹴ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺑَﺘﻮَﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﺰﱡ ﹴ‬ ‫ُﻣ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ‪ 3 ،‬ﹶﻻ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹺﺑَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻵ َﺧﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ 4 .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻨﻈﹸﺮُﻭﺍ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺘﺴﻠﻴﻪ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻭﺍﺴﺎﺓ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﻜﻭ‪.(11 :4‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻜل ﻭﻋﻅ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺩﻑ ﻜل ﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻌﺯﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻬﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺃﻯ ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬

‫ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻓﻕ ﺒﺎﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻟﻥ ﻴﻜﻤل ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﺄﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻓﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﺸﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ‬

‫ﺒﻌﺯﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﺩﻓﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻋﺠﺏ ‪ :‬ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻋﻀﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺎﻭل ﻓﺭﻀﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺸﺄ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺯﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﻘﺴﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻤﺭﻓﻭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻻﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻰ ﻓﻨﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻭﻨﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﻓﻀل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪339‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻻ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺤﺴﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻁ )‪1‬ﻜﻭ‪(8 :15‬؟!‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻡ ﻴﻌﻁﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜﺎ ﹰ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺭﻜﺯ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺠﻬﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﻟﻰ ﺒﺈﺨﻭﺘﻪ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺃﻤﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻨﻌﻤل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﺨﻔﻴﻑ ﺁﻻﻤﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﺈﻨﻙ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻫﻡ ﻭﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻬﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺇﺫ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻘﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻙ ﻭﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺸﺠﻊ ﺇﺫ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﺤﺩﺍﻨﻴﺘﻙ ﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﻔﻴﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬اتضاع المسيح وعظمته )ع ‪: (11-5‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪6 :‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ ﹾﻜ ُﺮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﺧﺬﹰﺍ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ﹶﺓ َﻋ ْﺒﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎِﺋﺮًﺍ ﻓِﻰ ِﺷ ْﺒ ِﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ُﻣﻌَﺎ ِﺩ ﹰﻻ ِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ‪7 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻪُ ﹶﺃ ْﺧﻠﹶﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺧُ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺤِ‬ ‫َﻳ ْ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻚ َﺭﻓﱠ َﻌﻪُ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺐ‪ِ9 .‬ﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﻠِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﻮْﺕَ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ َﻭﹶﺃﻃﹶﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﻊ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫‪َ 8‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻭُ ﹺﺟ َﺪ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ْﻴﹶﺌ ِﺔ ﹶﻛﹺﺈْﻧﺴَﺎﻥٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬

‫ﻉ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺭُ ﹾﻛَﺒ ٍﺔ ِﻣﻤﱠ ْﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎ ِﺀ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺜﹸ َﻮ ﺑﹺﺎ ْﺳ ﹺﻢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺍ ْﺳ ﹴﻢ ‪ِ10‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻋﻄﹶﺎ ُﻩ ﺍ ْﺳﻤًﺎ ﹶﻓ ْﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻵ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺭﺏﱞ ِﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ِﻟﺴَﺎ ٍﻥ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺽﹺ‪َ 11 ،‬ﻭَﻳ ْﻌَﺘ ﹺﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻭ َﻣ ْﻦ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ ﹺ‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺃﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺍﻀﻊ ﻭﻨﻜﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪" :7 ،6‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺇﺫ ﻜﺎﻥ" ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻓﻔﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ ﺘﺄﺘﻰ ﺒﻤﻌﻨﻰ "ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺇﺫ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﺯﺍل" ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻨﺠﻠﻴﺯﻴﺔ ‪ being in the form of God‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺕ ‪،Was in the form‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﻭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻭﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻫﺭﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﻁﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺴﻠﺏ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺒﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺃﻯ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺤﺎﻭل‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻜﺈﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﻔﺩﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻭﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻨﹰﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻴًﺎ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻯ ﺃﺨﺫ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻤﺎﻟﺊ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﺜﻠﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﻭﺍﻀﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﻼ‬ ‫ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻨﺨﻁﺌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪340‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﺎﻉ ﻤﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺒﻠﻐﺕ ﻁﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﻤﻘﺎﺒل ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻫﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻌﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺌﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺼﻌﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻭﺃﺠﻠﺴﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻴﻤﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﻁﺒﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺴﻭﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻭﺕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻭﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻁﻊ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﺍﺴﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ "ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﺴﻡ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﺴﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜل ﺍﺴﻡ ﻭﺸﺨﺹ ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :11 ،10‬ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻴﻬﻭﻩ ﻴﺨﻠﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻬﻭﻩ ﻫﻭ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﻰ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺌﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺠﻭﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻟﻠﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪،‬‬

‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺒﺤﻪ ﻭﺘﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺘﺭﻓﺔ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻪ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻟﻶﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺠﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﻠﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻀﻊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺍﺘﻀﻊ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻙ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺜﻡ ﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﻀﻊ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺃﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺴﺘﺠﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺠﻭﺍﺭﻙ ﻴﻐﺴل ﺍﻷﻗﺩﺍﻡ ﻓﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻤﻌﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬الجھاد إلتمام الخالص )ع ‪:(18-12‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ُﺣﻀُﻮﺭﹺﻯ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘﻂﹾ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﺑﹺﺎ َﻷ ْﻭﻟﹶﻰ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ ِﻓﻰ‬ ‫‪12‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻳَﺎ ﺃﹶﺣِﺒﱠﺎﺋِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻃ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣﲔﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣﻞﹸ ﻓِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُﺮﹺﻳﺪُﻭﺍ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْﻌ َﻤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﻑ َﻭ ﹺﺭ ْﻋ َﺪﺓٍ‪َ 13 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺻﻜﹸﻢْ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َ‬ ‫ِﻏﻴَﺎﺑﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗَﻤﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹶﻄﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻭْﻻﹶﺩًﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻟ ْﻮﻡﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑُ َ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺩ ْﻣ َﺪ َﻣ ٍﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻣﺠَﺎ َﺩﹶﻟﺔٍ‪ِ15 ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱠ ِﺓ‪ِ14 .‬ﺍ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎﺓِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺝ َﻭ ُﻣ ﹾﻠَﺘﻮﹴ‪ ،‬ﺗُﻀِﻴﺌﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﺑ ْﻴَﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﻛﹶﺄْﻧﻮَﺍ ﹴﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ‪16 .‬ﻣَُﺘ َﻤﺴﱢ ِﻜ َ‬ ‫ﻂ ﺟﹺﻴ ﹴﻞ ﻣُ َﻌﻮﱠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻓِﻰ َﻭ َﺳ ِ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻴ ﹴ‬

‫ﺴ ِﻜﺐُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧْ َ‬ ‫ﻼ‪17 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨﹺﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ِﻌ ْﺒﺖُ ﺑَﺎ ِﻃ ﹰ‬ ‫ِﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺨَﺎﺭﹺﻯ ﻓِﻰ َﻳ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑﹶﺄﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ َﻊ ﺑَﺎ ِﻃ ﹰ‬

‫ﺴﺮُﻭﺭﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ‪18 .‬ﻭَﺑﹺﻬَﺬﹶﺍ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨ ِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ ِﺔ ﹺﺇﳝَﺎﹺﻧ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻭَﺧِﺪْﻣَﺘِﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹸﺃ َﺳﺮﱡ َﻭﹶﺃﻓﹾ َﺮﺡُ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ َﻤ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻓﹾﺮَﺣُﻮﺍ َﻣﻌِﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪341‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻴﺎ ﺃﺤﺒﺎﺌﻰ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺴﻠﻜﺘﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﻀﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻁﻜﻡ ﺒل ﺒﺎﻷﻜﺜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻴﺎﺒﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻋﻨﻜﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻜﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﻫﺩﻭﺍ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ‬

‫ﻜﻨﺘﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻜﻡ ﻭﺘﺨﺎﻓﻭﻩ ﻓﺘﺭﻓﻀﻭﻥ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒل ﺘﺭﺘﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺘﺴﻘﻁﻭﻥ ﻭﺘﻌﻭﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻭﺩﻤﻭﻉ ﻓﻴﺭﺤﻤﻜﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻜﻠﻤﺔ "ﺘﻤﻤﻭﺍ" ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﻤﻭﺍﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻟﺤﻅﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻁﻭﺍل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻅل ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﺘﺒﻌﺩﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺩﻤﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻌﺩﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﻟﻥ‬

‫ﻴﻜﻑ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﺴﻘﺎﻁﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺤﺫﺭ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻨﻨﺘﺼﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﻓﻴﺼﺭﻋﻨﺎ ﻏﺩﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﻴﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﻋﻤل‬

‫ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻤﺴﺭﺓ ﻟﻶﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺩﻤﺩﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺫﻤﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺠﺎﺩﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻭﺘﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺘﻌﻤﻠﻭﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﻤﻠﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺩﻭﺀ ﻭﺒﻼ ﺘﺫﻤﺭ ﻴﻨﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﻗﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﺤﺎﺩﺓ ﺘﺼﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻨﻜﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﻟﻜﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺭ ﻭﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﺎﻁﺔ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺤﻜﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺤﻘﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﺍ ﻟﻶﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﻤﺸﺎﺒﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻌﻴﺸﻭﺍ ﺒﻼ ﻋﻴﺏ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﻤﻊ ﻤﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻷﻨﻜﻡ ﺘﻌﻴﺸﻭﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻭﺴﻁ ﺠﻴل‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻴﺸﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺒﻤﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻭﻡ ﺘﻬﺩﻯ ﺒﻨﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺭﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻭﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﻟﻴﻬﺘﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﺴﻴﺭﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺸﻬﺩﻭﺍ ﻟﻺﻨﺠﻴل ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﻗﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﺏ ﻓﺨﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﻨﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻠﻜﻭﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺎل ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻜﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪342‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻨﺴﻜﺏ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﻤﻭﺴﻰ ﺘﻘﻀﻰ ﺒﺴﻜﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻜﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻴﺏ ﻴﺭﻤﺯ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺡ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻪ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﻴُﺴﻜﹶﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴ ﹸﻔﺭّﺡ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻜﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻵﻻﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺎﻨﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ‬ ‫ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻜﺎﻟﺴﻜﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﻀﻌﻪ ﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺘﻌﻴﺭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﺠﺫﺏ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺘﺒﺭﺍ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺒﻔﺭﺡ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺇﻋﻼﻨﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺫﺒﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻨﺘﺎﺌﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻤﺒﻌﺙ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺭﻭﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻓﺭﺤﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺴﻘﻁﺎﺘﻙ ﺃﻭ ﻀﻌﻔﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻓﺘﻭﺭ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻁﻠﺏ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻙ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﺤﻤﺎﺴﺎ ﻭﺃﺸﻭﺍﻗﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻭﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺜﺎﺒﺭ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻙ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺘﻁﺭﺩ ﻋﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻨﻤﻴﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬إرساله تيموثاوس وأبفرودتس )ع ‪:(30-19‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻰ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ‬ ‫‪َ 19‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﻳَﺴُﻮﻉَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸ ْﺭ ِﺳ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺳﺮﹺﻳﻌًﺎ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭﺱَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗﻄِﻴ َ‬

‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ُﻊ‬ ‫ﻼﺹﹴ‪21 ،‬ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﺁ َﺧﺮُ َﻧ ِﻈﲑُ َﻧ ﹾﻔﺴِﻰ َﻳ ْﻬَﺘﻢﱡ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﺣﻮَﺍِﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﹺﺈ ْﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻋ َﺮ ﹾﻓﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﺣﻮَﺍﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪َ 20 .‬ﻷ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﺢ‪22 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍ ْﺧِﺘﺒَﺎ ُﺭﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻓﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻛ َﻮﹶﻟ ٍﺪ َﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﺏﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫َﻳ ﹾﻄ ﹸﻠﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻷْﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫َﺧ َﺪ َﻡ َﻣﻌِﻰ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ‪23 .‬ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُﻮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸ ْﺭ ِﺳ ﹶﻠﻪُ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹶﻝ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﺃﺭَﻯ ﹶﺃ ْﺣﻮَﺍﻟِﻰ ﺣَﺎ ﹰﻻ‪َ 24 .‬ﻭﹶﺃِﺛﻖُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﺧِﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺒﺖُ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﱠ ﹺﺯ ﹺﻡ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹸ ْﺭ ِﺳ ﹶﻞ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﺃَﺑ ﹾﻔﺮُﻭ ِﺩﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺳَﺂﺗِﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺳﺮﹺﻳﻌًﺎ‪َ 25 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ َﺣ ِ‬

‫ﺸﺘَﺎﻗﹰﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻭَﻣَﻐْﻤُﻮﻣًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‬ ‫ﺠﻨﱢ َﺪ َﻣﻌِﻰ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﺳُﻮﹶﻟ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﺨَﺎ ِﺩ َﻡ ِﻟﺤَﺎ َﺟﺘِﻰ‪26 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ُﻣ ْ‬ ‫َﻣﻌِﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﺘ َ‬ ‫‪343‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺲ ﹺﺇﻳﱠﺎ ُﻩ َﻭ ْﺣ َﺪﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﺇﹺﻳﱠﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺭ ِﺣ َﻤﻪُ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺽ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳﺒًﺎ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍ َ‬ ‫َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻣﺮﹺﻳﻀًﺎ‪ 27 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠﻪُ َﻣ ﹺﺮ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻰ ﺣُﺰْﻥﹲ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺣُ ْﺰ ٍﻥ‪ 28 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ْﺭ َﺳ ﹾﻠﺘُﻪُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﻭ ﹶﻓ ﹺﺮ ُﺳ ْﺮ َﻋﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺣَﺘﱠﻰ ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ َﺭﹶﺃْﻳُﺘﻤُﻮ ُﻩ َﺗ ﹾﻔ َﺮﺣُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪،‬‬

‫َﻭﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﻞﱠ ُﺣ ْﺰﻧًﺎ‪29 .‬ﻓﹶﺎ ﹾﻗَﺒﻠﹸﻮﻩُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﹶﻓ َﺮﺡﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹾﻟَﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ِﻣ ﹾﺜﻠﹸﻪُ ُﻣ ﹶﻜﺮﱠﻣًﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪َ 30 .‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ‬

‫ﺠﺒُ َﺮ ُﻧ ﹾﻘﺼَﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺧﺪْ َﻣِﺘﻜﹸﻢْ ﻟِﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻪِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕَ‪ُ ،‬ﻣﺨَﺎ ِﻃ ًﺮﺍ ﹺﺑَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻗﹶﺎ َﺭ َ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻤ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ‪ 19‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 24‬ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﻴﻀﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺜﻘﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻬﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻹﺭﺴﺎل ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﺴﻌﺩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭﻫﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :20‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﺤﺩﺍ ﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺒﻪ ﻷﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ‬

‫ﻭﺤﺩﻩ ﺃﺒﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺁﻤﻨﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻜﺄﻨﻪ ﺫﻫﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :21‬ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻭﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻤﻤﻥ ﻴﻜﺭﺯﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻴﺴﻌﻭﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﺼﺎﻟﺤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻭﻴﺒﻐﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﺠﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﻻ‬

‫ﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻁﺎﻟﺒﻴﻥ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻻ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻨﺠﺢ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺴﺎﺒﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅل ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻋﻪ ﻤﺨﻠﻴﺎ ﺫﺍﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﺜﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﺒﻰ ﻭﺘﺘﻠﻤﺫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺃﻁﺎﻉ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺏ ﺒﻜل ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺠﺎل ﻤﻌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺒﺸﺭﺍ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﻗﺭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺴل ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺒﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺒﺎﻹﻓﺭﺍﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺒﻐﻴﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :24‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﻘﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻭﺍﺜﻕ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺴﻴﺄﺘﻰ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ ﺴﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﺭﺝ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪344‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :25‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﻤﻥ ‪ 25‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 30‬ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫ ﺁﺨﺭ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﻏﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻓﻀل ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺩﻴﻨﺘﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻟﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﺒﻠﻘﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﻟﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺒل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬

‫ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﺼﻔﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻌﺩﺓ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺘﻭﻀﺢ ﻤﺩﻯ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻭﺓ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺭﻓﻌﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺸﺭﻴﻜﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‬ ‫ﻜﺠﻨﺩﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻤﻨﺩﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﺤﻤل ﺤﺏ ﺸﻌﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :26‬ﺍﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﺤﺯﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻤﺭﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺩ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺯﻴﺯﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﺎ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﺘﺄﺜﺭﻭﺍ‬

‫ﻟﻤﺭﻀﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﻟﺤﺯﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :27‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺭﺽ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﺩﻭﺘﺱ ﺸﺩﻴﺩﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻭﺸﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺤﻤﻪ ﻭﺸﻔﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻴﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻭﺠﻬﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻭﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﻐﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺯﻥ ﻋﻨﺩ ﻤﺭﺽ ﺍﻷﺤﺒﺎﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺘﻠﻐﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻭﺍﻁﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﻤﻭ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :28‬ﺃﻗل ﺤﺯﻨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺴﻴﺤﺯﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻔﺭﺍﻕ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺤﺯﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﻗل ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﻔﺭﺡ‬

‫ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﺒﺭﺅﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻀل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺭﻭﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻔﺭﺤﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻔﺭﺤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :29‬ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻘﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺘﻜﺭﻴﻤﻪ ﻷﺠل ﺘﻌﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﺎﺭﺒﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ‬

‫ﻴﻅﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ‪.‬‬

‫‪345‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :30‬ﻟﻘﺩ ﻏﺎﻤﺭ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺤﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻴﺯﻭﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺎ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻁﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻘﺩﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻟﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻨﻴﺎﺒﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻡ ﻴﻤﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻴﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﻠﻔﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﺭﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺼﻴﺏ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻓﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﺨﻼﺼﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﺯﻜﻴﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺤﺎل ﻭﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻜل ﺤﺎل ﻭﻓﻰ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫‪346‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻰ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬التحذير من تعاليم المعلمين الكذبة )ع ‪:(3-1‬‬ ‫ﺖ َﻋ ﹶﻠﻰﱠ ﹶﺛﻘِﻴ ﹶﻠﺔﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻰ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺃﹶﺧِﲑًﺍ ﻳَﺎ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﹾﺮَﺣُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪ِ .‬ﻛﺘَﺎَﺑﺔﹸ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻧ ْﻌﺒُﺪُ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﺏَ‪ ،‬ﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﺮﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻄ َﻊ‪3 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﻣُ َﺆﻣﱢﻨَﺔﹲ‪2 .‬ﹸﺍْﻧ ﹸﻈﺮُﻭﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﺴﺪِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻳَﺴُﻮﻉَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻧﺘﱠ ِﻜﻞﹸ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧﻔﹾَﺘ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﺃﺨﻴﺭﺍ ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺼل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ "ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻤﺎ ﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻜﻼﻡ"‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺅﻤﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺤﻤﻴﻜﻡ ﻭﺘﺠﻌﻠﻜﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻷﻥ ﻁﺎﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻟﻨﻌﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺃﻓﺎﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻼ ﻋﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻴﻬﺒﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭﺍﻥ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﻟﻠﻔﺭﺡ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻠﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺘﻌﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺅﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﺼﺩﻴﻕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﺃﻨﻅﺭﻭﺍ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻰ "ﻻﺤﻅﻭﺍ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻭﺘﺠﻨﺒﻭﺍ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﺼﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﻨﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ "ﺍﻟﻘﻁﻊ" ﺃﻯ ﻗﻁﻊ ﺠﺯﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻜﻌﻤل ﻅﺎﻫﺭﻯ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻨﻌﺕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻼﺏ ﻷﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﻨﻬﺸﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﺴﺒﺒﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﻥ ﻀﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻗﻁﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﻤﺯﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻤﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﻻ ﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺒل ﻨﻌﻴﺵ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻔﺘﺨﺭ ﺒﺨﻼﺼﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪347‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻷﻨﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﻨﻌﻴﺵ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻯ ﻭﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻜﻭﺴﺎﺌل ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻻ ﺘﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻺﻨﺯﻻﻕ ﻓﻰ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺠﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺘﻌﻭﺩﻙ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺒﻙ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺴﻴﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﺘﻜﺘﺸﻑ ﻭﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﺃﻯ ﺸﺊ ﻏﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻔﺼﻠﻙ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻙ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬اإلفتخار بالمسيح وليس بالناموس )ع ‪:(9-4‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ ﺃﹶﻳْﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻇﻦﱠ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﺁ َﺧﺮُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﺘﱠ ِﻜ ﹶﻞ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄﻧَﺎ ﺑﹺﺎﻷَﻭْﻟﹶﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﻟِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺗﱠ ِﻜ ﹶﻞ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻂ ﹺﺑ ْﻨﻴَﺎ ِﻣﲔَ‪ ،‬ﻋِﺒْﺮَﺍﻧﹺﻰﱞ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ْﺒﺮَﺍﹺﻧﻴﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺇﹺﺳْﺮَﺍﺋِﻴﻞﹶ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ِﺳ ْﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎ ِﻥ ﻣَﺨْﺘُﻮﻥﹲ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟَﻴ ْﻮ ﹺﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻣِﻦﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ ْﻨ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ِ 5‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ‪ِ .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻄ ﹺﻬﺪُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓﹶﺮﱢﻳﺴِﻰﱞ‪ِ 6 .‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻐ ْﻴ َﺮ ِﺓ ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‬ ‫ﺢ َﺧﺴَﺎ َﺭ ﹰﺓ‪َ8 .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺒﺘُﻪُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ‪7 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦْ‪ ،‬ﻣَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻟِﻰ ﹺﺭْﺑﺤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ْﺮﺕُ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎﺀِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑﱢﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ َﺧ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹺﻞ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺧﺴَﺎ َﺭﺓﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢَ‪َ 9 ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻭ َﺟ َﺪ ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴُﺒﻬَﺎ ُﻧﻔﹶﺎَﻳﺔﹰ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺭَﺑ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻟِﻰ ﹺﺑﺮﱢﻯ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺑﹺﺈﹺﳝَﺎﻥِ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱡ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻭﻕ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻔﺘﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﺍﺌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻅﻥ ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻨﻬﻡ ﺸﺊ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻬﻡ ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺌﺽ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻭﻗﻬﻡ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ‪ :‬ﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﺨﺘﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺇﺜﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺩﺨﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻼﺀ ﻴﺨﺘﺘﻨﻭﻥ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺠﻨﺱ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل ‪ :‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺴﻼﻟﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪348‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻁ ﺒﻨﻴﺎﻤﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺴﺭﺍﺌﻴل‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻨﻴﺎﻤﻴﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ‬

‫ﻟﻴﻌﻘﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻋﺩ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻅل ﺴﺒﻁﻪ ﻤﻼﺯﻤﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﻁ ﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﻘﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻤﺴﻜﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﻭﻟﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻭﻴﻥ ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﻏﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻠﺩ‬

‫ﺃﻤﻤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺭﺍﻨﻴﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻨﺴل ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺎﺒﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺠﺩﻭﺩ ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ )ﺘﻙ ‪ ،(16 :11‬ﻭﻴﺴﻤﻰ‬

‫ﺇﺒﺭﺍﻫﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺭﺍﻨﻰ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺭ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺸﻴﺭﺘﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺭﺽ ﻜﻨﻌﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻴﻌﺒﺩﻩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ )ﺃﻉ ‪.(2 :7‬‬

‫ﻓﺭﻴﺴﻰ ‪ :‬ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﺘﺩﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻷﻀﻴﻕ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺠﺒﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻔﻅ ﺘﻔﺎﺼﻴل‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻤﺜل ﺴﺎﺌﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺨﺘﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﻨﺴﺒﻪ ﺒل ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﺇﺫ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﻗﻘﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺃﻯ ﻓﺭﻴﺴﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻗﺒل ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺸﻐﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏل ﻫﻭ ﻫﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺩﻗﻘﺎ ﺠﺩﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻨﻔﻴﺫ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺨﺎﻟﻑ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺊ ﻁﻴﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﻭﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺘﻘﺼﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻜل ﺍﻹﻤﺘﻴﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﻜﺎﺴﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻼ ﻨﻔﻊ ﻭﻜﻼ ﺸﺊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﻗﺘﻪ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﻤﺎ ﺨﺴﺭﻩ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺘﺭﻜﻪ ﻟﻠﺩﻴﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺁﻤﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺇﻋﺘﺒﺭﻩ ﻻ ﺸﺊ‬

‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻤﺎ ﺭﺒﺤﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺇﺘﺤﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻨﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺒﻨﻭﺘﻰ ﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺨﺎﺭﺝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻬﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻋﺠﺯ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻨﺢ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻓﺎﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪349‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻻ ﻴﺸﺒﻊ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺘﺭﻴﺢ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻬﺒﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺴﻼﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻭﻕ ﻜل ﻋﻘل‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻭﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﻨﺎ ﷲ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻨﺸﻐﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺭﺍﺤﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻭﻟﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﻰ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺘﺸﺒﻊ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬السعى الدائم من أجل الملكوت )ع ‪:(16-10‬‬ ‫ﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪َ 10‬ﻷ ْﻋ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓﻪُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻗﹸﻮﱠ ﹶﺓ ِﻗﻴَﺎ َﻣِﺘﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺷ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ ﺁ ﹶﻻ ِﻣﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺘَﺸَﺒﱢﻬًﺎ ﹺﺑ َﻤ ْﻮِﺗﻪِ‪11 ،‬ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱢﻰ ﹶﺃْﺑﻠﹸﻎﹸ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ِﻗﻴَﺎ َﻣ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻣﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﺻ ْﺮﺕُ ﻛﹶﺎﻣِﻼﹰ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﺳﻌَﻰ ﹶﻟ َﻌﻠﱢﻰ ﺃﹸ ْﺩ ﹺﺭﻙُ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻷ ْﺟ ِﻠ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ْﺩ َﺭ ﹶﻛﻨﹺﻰ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹺﻧ ﹾﻠﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ِ‬ ‫‪12‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺐُ ﻧَﻔﹾﺴِﻰ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺃﹶﺩْﺭَﻛﹾﺖُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻞﹸ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪًﺍ‪ :‬ﺇﹺﺫﹾ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ‬ ‫ﺴﺖُ ﹶﺃ ْﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ‪13 .‬ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﹾﻌُﻠﹾﻴَﺎ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺤ َﻮ ﺍﻟﹾﻐَﺮَﺽﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ِﺔ َﺩ ْﻋ َﻮ ِﺓ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻧْﺴَﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﻭﺭَﺍﺀُ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻣَﺘﺪﱡ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹸﻗﺪﱠﺍﻡُ‪14 ،‬ﺃﹶﺳْﻌَﻰ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ َﺳﻴُ ْﻌ ِﻠﻦُ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻓﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﹶ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻣِﻨﱠﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ ﹶﻜ ْﺮُﺗ ْﻢ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹺﺑ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻴ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜ ْﺮ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻴَﻨﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎﻧُﻮ ِﻥ َﻋ ْﻴﹺﻨﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﻭَﻧ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜ ْﺮ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ 16 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﻣَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺩ َﺭ ﹾﻛﻨَﺎﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺭﻓﺽ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻤﺎ ﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﺼﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﺠﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻨﺘﺸﻠﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻜل ﺃﻟﻡ ﻴﻔﺭﻀﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺁﻻﻤﻪ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﺒﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺸﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﺸﻬﺎﺩ ﻤﺘﺸﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺒﺭﺯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺤﺫﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻨﺎ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻁﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻼﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺘﻌﺒﻴﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺤﻭﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻤﻀﻁﻬﺩ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻴﺩﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪350‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻔﻜﻴﺭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﺨﻼل ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﺭﻯ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺼل ﺒﻌﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎﺯﺍل ﻴﻠﺯﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺊ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻀﻌﻪ ﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺎﻀﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﻜﻴﺯ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻭﺠﻬﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺘﻪ ﺘﺠﺎﻩ ﺭﺒﻪ ﻭﻜﻨﻴﺴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﺠﻌﺎﻟﺔ ‪ :‬ﻤﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺘﻜﻠﻴﻠﻪ ﺒﺈﻜﻠﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻬﺒﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩل‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻌﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻘﻁﻊ ﻜل ﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺘﺜﺎﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﺒﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺘﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﻫﺫﺍ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﻴﻥ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻀﺠﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻟﻭ ﺍﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﻌﻀﻜﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﻔﻜﺭ ﺁﺨﺭ ﺨﻼﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻻﻨﺤﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺴﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻟﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻜﻨﺎﻩ ‪ :‬ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺼﻭﺍﻡ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻨﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻌﺒﺩ ﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻨﺨﺩﻤﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺘﻜﺭ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ‪ :‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪351‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﻤﺎﺭﺴﻨﺎﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻨﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﺘﺄﻜﺩﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬نھاية األشرار واألبرار )ع ‪:(21-17‬‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﻗﹸﺪْﻭَﺓﹲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﲑُﻭ ﹶﻥ َﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﻰ ﻣَﻌًﺎ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺣﻈﹸﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫‪17‬ﻛﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﻣَُﺘ َﻤﺜﱢ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺻﻠِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻛﹸﺮُﻫُ ْﻢ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ِﻣﺮَﺍﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫﻛﹸﺮُﻫُ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺑَﺎ ِﻛﻴًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﺪَﺍ ُﺀ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲑُﻭ ﹶﻥ ِﻣﻤﱠ ْﻦ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 18‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺧِﺰْﻳﹺﻬﹺﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻼﻙُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬُﻬُ ْﻢ َﺑ ﹾﻄﻨُﻬُ ْﻢ َﻭ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪19 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹺﻧﻬَﺎَﻳﺘُﻬُﻢُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢﺼًﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻦُ ِﻫ َﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻤَﺎﻭَﺍﺕِ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻣِﻨْﻬَﺎ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻧﻨَْﺘ ِﻈﺮُ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺕ‪ 20 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ ﺳِﲑَﺗَﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱠﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ َﻋ َﻤ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪﻩِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪ َﺗﻮَﺍﺿُ ِﻌﻨَﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺻُﻮ َﺭ ِﺓ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢُ‪21 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳﻴُ َﻐﻴﱢﺮُ َﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ َﺟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀ َﻊ ِﻟَﻨ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺳِﺘﻄﹶﺎ َﻋِﺘﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻴﺘﻤﺜل ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﺒﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻤﺜﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻤﺜﻠﻭﺍ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻤﺭﺸﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﺴﻴﺭﻭﻥ ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺩﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺀ ﺼﻠﻴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺭﻓﺔ ﻴﻀﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻠﻭﺏ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺌﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺘﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺄﺜﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺂﺭﺍﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﻜﺭﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺫﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﺭﻏﻡ ﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﻜﺎﺌﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻴﺒﻐﺽ ﺸﺭﻭﺭﻫﻡ ﻭﺨﻁﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ‬

‫ﺃﺸﺨﺎﺼﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻀﺎﻟﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :19‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﻤﺼﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻤﺴﺭﻋﻭﻥ ﻹﺭﻀﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻨﺯﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺭﻏﺒﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﻴﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﻴﻔﻌﻠﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﺎﻫﻭﻥ ﺒﻔﻌﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪352‬‬


‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻥ ﻓﻸﻥ ﻭﻁﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﺼﻠﻰ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻤﺘﻭﻗﻌﻴﻥ‬

‫ﺒﺸﻭﻕ ﺸﺩﻴﺩ ﻗﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﺘﻅﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﻩ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺼﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺸﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ‬

‫ﻭﺘﻤﺘﻌﻨﺎ ﺒﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﺤﻭل ﺠﺴﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻑ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻭﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺒل ﻟﻠﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺠﺴﺩ ﻤﻤﺠﺩ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﺭﺍﺭ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺫﻯ ﺍﺴﺘﻁﺎﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺒﺫﺍﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺌﺘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ﻨﻨﻅﺭ ﻜل ﻴﻭﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺩﻓﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﺴﻠﻙ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺤﺏ ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﻭﻨﺘﺄﻤل ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻨﺘﺸﻔﻊ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻨﻘﺘﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺒﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺘﺫﻭﻕ ﻋﺭﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺘﺯﺩﺍﺩ ﺃﺸﻭﺍﻗﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪353‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎﺀ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الثبات والتفاھم )ع‪:(3-1‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹺﻬﻢْ‪ ،‬ﻳَﺎ ُﺳﺮُﻭﺭﹺﻯ ﻭَﺇﹺﻛﹾﻠِﻴﻠِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﺛُﺒﺘُﻮﺍ ﻫَﻜﹶﺬﹶﺍ ﻓِـﻰ ﺍﻟـﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹶﺃﻳﱡﻬَـﺎ‬ ‫ﺸﺘَﺎ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺇﹺﺫﹰﺍ ﻳَﺎ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺗِﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ َﺀ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ِﺣﺒﱠﺎ ُﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫‪2‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃﻓﹸﻮ ِﺩَﻳ ﹶﺔ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ِﺳ ْﻨﺘِﻴﺨِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ﹾﻔَﺘ ِﻜﺮَﺍ ِﻓ ﹾﻜﺮًﺍ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪًﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ‪َ3 .‬ﻧ َﻌﻢْ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﺳْﹶﺄﻟﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻭﺑَﺎﻗِﻰ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻠﺺَ‪ ،‬ﺳَﺎ ِﻋ ْﺪ ﻫَﺎَﺗ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﱠَﺘ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ ﺟَﺎﻫَﺪَﺗَﺎ ﻣَﻌِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﻠِﻴ َﻤ ْﻨﺪُ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳَﺎ َﺷﺮﹺﻳﻜِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ َﻣﻌِﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺳﻤَﺎ ُﺅ ُﻫﻢْ ﻓِﻰ ِﺳ ﹾﻔ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎ ِﻣ ِﻠ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺃﺸﺘﺎﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻴﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﻋﻠﺔ ﻓﺭﺤﻰ ﻭﺴﺒﺏ ﻨﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺴﻴﻜﻠﻠﻨﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻜﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺈﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺘﻴﻥ ﺒﻔﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﻫﻤﺎ "ﺃﻓﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺴﻨﺘﻴﺨﻰ" ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻬﻴﺎ ﻤﺎ ﺒﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺨﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺘﻔﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﺸﺭﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻟﻭﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﺼﺎﺤﺒﺎ ﻟﻪ )ﺃﻉ ‪ ،(17-10 :16‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ ﻜﺎﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ )ﻉ‪ (23‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺭﺃﻴﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻅﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻨﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺴﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺠﻌﻠﻙ ﻤﻀﻁﺭﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﺎ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻜل‬

‫ﺘﻭﺘﺭ؛ ﻓﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﺒﻨﺎ ﷲ ﻭﺼﺎﻨﻊ ﺴﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬دعوة للفضائل والسلوك المسيحى )ع‪:(9-4‬‬ ‫‪354‬‬


‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻓ َﺮﺣُﻮﺍ‪5 .‬ﻟِﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ِﺣ ﹾﻠﻤُﻜﹸ ْﻢ َﻣ ْﻌﺮُﻭﻓﹰﺎ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠـﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ِ4‬ﺍ ﹾﻓ َﺮﺣُﻮﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ِﺣ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺓ ﻭَﺍﻟﺪﱡﻋَﺎ ِﺀ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﱡ ﹾﻜﺮﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﻟُﺘ ْﻌ ﹶﻠ ْﻢ ِﻃ ﹾﻠﺒَﺎُﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻟﹶـﺪَﻯ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰﺀٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱡ ﻗﹶﺮﹺﻳﺐٌ‪ 6 .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻬَﺘﻤﱡﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔﻆﹸ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮَﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﻜﹶﺎ َﺭ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻕ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﻋ ﹾﻘ ﹴﻞ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳﻔﹸﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﻼﻡُ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﷲ‪َ 7 .‬ﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍِ‬ ‫‪8‬ﹶﺃ ِﺧﲑًﺍ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺣﻖﱞ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺟﻠِﻴﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻋَﺎ ِﺩﻝﹲ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮٌ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻓﻀِﻴﻠﹶﺔﹲ َﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ َﻣ ْﺪﺡٌ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﻔِﻰ َﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ ﹾﻓَﺘ ِﻜﺮُﻭﺍ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭﻣَﺎ َﺗ َﻌﻠﱠ ْﻤﺘُﻤُﻮﻩُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﻦٌ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺮﱞ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣَﺎ ﺻِﻴُﺘ ُﻪ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻣَﺎ ﻫُ َﻮ ُﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ َﻣ َﻌﻜﹸ ْﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠ ْﻤﺘُﻤُﻮﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺳ ِﻤ ْﻌﺘُﻤُﻮﻩُ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﹶﺃْﻳُﺘﻤُﻮ ُﻩ ِﻓﻰﱠ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍ ﹾﻓ َﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﻟﺴﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻭَﺗ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻭﻴﻜﺭﺭ ﺩﻋﻭﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻭﺠﻭﺏ ﺫﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺸﺊ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺯﻉ ﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﻋﺏ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺤﻭﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﺭﻀﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﺄﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5‬ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﻠﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻭﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ‪ ،‬ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻬﺭﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒﻴل ﺍﻟﺘﻅﺎﻫﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺨﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﻴﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل‪ .‬ﻓﺤﻴﺎﺘﻨﺎ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺘﻭﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻗﺭﺏ ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻨﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺒﺴﻬﻭﻟﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﺼﺒﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﻭﻨﻨﺎ ﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﻭﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻁﺭﺤﻭﺍ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻫﻤﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻜل ﻗﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻀﻁﺭﺒﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺭﺘﺒﻜﻭﺍ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﺘﻤﺴﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﺝ‬ ‫ﺃﻜﻴﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺭﻓﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﺘﻜﻥ ﻤﺸﻔﻭﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻬﻡ ﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻔﻅ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻭﺠّﻪ ﻜل ﻓﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻘﻭﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻓﻠﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ ﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﻭﻕ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪355‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺭﺡ ﻤﻁﻠﺏ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻙ ﻗﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﷲ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺤﺩﻴﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻜﻨﺕ ﻤﻬﺘﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩﺓ ﺒﻤﺨﺩﻋﻙ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻁﻭﺍل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﺎﺒﻠﺘﻙ ﺇﺴﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺴﺘﻤﺭ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻠﺫﺫ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻤﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺠﻠﻴل ‪ :‬ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻭﻭﻗﻭﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻁﺎﻫﺭ ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﻼﺼﺔ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺴﻭﺍ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻤﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻤﺘﻤﺴﻜﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﺃﻯ ﺤﻘﺎﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺭ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻨﻅﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻨﺒﻴل ﻭﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﹼﺒﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺩل ﻓﻰ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﺤﻘﻭﻗﻪ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﻅﻠﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﺎﻓﻅﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻭﺍ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﻜل ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻤﻠﻭﺍ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺴﻴﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﺤﺴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻭﺍ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻜﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﻭﻴﻘﻭﻤﻭﺍ ﺒﻜل ﻋﻤل ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺠﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺩﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻴﺘﻤﻨﻰ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻠﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻭﻩ ﻭﺴﻤﻌﻭﻩ ﻤﻨﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺭﺃﻭﻩ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﻨﺤﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻴﻨﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬شكرھم على عطاياھم ومكافأتھم )ع‪:(20-10‬‬ ‫‪10‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ ﹺﺇﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻓ ﹺﺮ ْﺣﺖُ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ ﺟﹺﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃ ْﺯ َﻫ َﺮ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ ﺍ ْﻋِﺘﻨَﺎ ُﺅ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ ﺑﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹸﻛ ْﻨُﺘ ْﻢ َﺗ ْﻌَﺘﻨُﻮَﻧﻪُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ْﺣِﺘﻴَﺎﺝﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺗ َﻌﻠﱠ ْﻤﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ُﻣ ﹾﻜَﺘ ِﻔﻴًﺎ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ‬ ‫َﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﻓﹸﺮْﺻَﺔﹲ‪11 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ‪ .‬ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ﺷَﻰْﺀٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻓِﻰ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻗ ْﺪ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ‪12 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﻋ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺃﹶﺗﱠﻀِﻊَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻋْ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺺ‪13 .‬ﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘﻄِﻴ ُﻊ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻞ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃْﻧﻘﹸ َ‬ ‫َﺗ َﺪﺭﱠْﺑﺖُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺷَﺒ َﻊ َﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺟُﻮﻉَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃ ْﺳَﺘ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ُﻳ ﹶﻘﻮﱢﻳﻨﹺﻰ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹶﺃﻧﱠ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹾﻠُﺘ ْﻢ ﺣَﺴَﻨًﺎ ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍ ْﺷَﺘ َﺮ ﹾﻛُﺘ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺿِﻴ ﹶﻘﺘِﻰ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻔِﻴ ِﻠﺒﱢﻴﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﹾﻌَﻄﹶﺎﺀِ ﻭَﺍﻷَﺧْﺬِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ َﺑﺪَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺠﹺﻴﻞﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻤﱠﺎ َﺧ َﺮ ْﺟﺖُ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ُﺗﺸَﺎ ﹺﺭ ﹾﻛﻨﹺﻰ ﻛﹶﻨﹺﻴﺴَﺔﹲ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ِﺣﺴَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫‪356‬‬


‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺲ ﹶﺃﻧﱢﻰ‬ ‫ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﹶﺃْﻧُﺘ ْﻢ َﻭ ْﺣ َﺪ ﹸﻛ ْﻢ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻧﱠ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ َﺗﺴَﺎﻟﹸﻮﻧﹺﻴﻜِﻰ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﺳ ﹾﻠُﺘ ْﻢ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣﺮﱠ ﹰﺓ َﻭ َﻣﺮﱠَﺗ ْﻴ ﹺﻦ ِﻟﺤَﺎ َﺟﺘِﻰ‪17 .‬ﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‪ .‬ﹶﻗ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﻀ ﹾﻠ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﻭَﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺴَﺎﹺﺑ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ‪18 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱢﻰ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻮ ﹶﻓ ْﻴ ُ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﺍﻟﹾﻌَﻄِﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ ﺍﻟﺜﱠ َﻤ َﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَُﺘﻜﹶﺎِﺛ َﺮ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﱠ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹰﺔ َﻣ ﹾﻘﺒُﻮﹶﻟ ﹰﺔ َﻣ ْﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ٍﺔ ﹶﻃﻴﱢَﺒﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﹶﺫﺑﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺷﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﻋ ْﻨ ِﺪ ﹸﻛﻢْ‪َ ،‬ﻧﺴِﻴ َﻢ ﺭَﺍِﺋ َ‬ ‫ﻸﺕُ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻗﹺﺒ ﹾﻠﺖُ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃَﺑ ﹾﻔﺮُﻭ ِﺩﺗُ َ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﻣَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ 19 .‬ﹶﻓَﻴ ْﻤ ُ‬ ‫ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻉ‪َ 20 .‬ﻭِﻟﻠﱠ ِﻪ ﻭَﺃﹶﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻏﻨَﺎ ُﻩ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻸ ﹺﺇﹶﻟﻬﹺﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺍ ْﺣِﺘﻴَﺎ ﹺﺟ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺩ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﺍ ِﻫﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻭﺸﻜﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﺭﺏ ﻭﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻴﺸﺒﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠﻠﻪ ﺒﺈﺯﻫﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺭﺓ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺨﺭﺍﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺭﻕ ﺠﺩﻴﺩ‪ .‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺇﺭﺴﺎل ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﻤﺩﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺜﻡ ﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﺘﻨﻭﺍ ﺒﻪ ﻤﺭﺓ ﺜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻨﺘﻅﺎﺭﻫﻡ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻁﻭﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ ﻓﺭﺤﻪ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺤﺩ ﺫﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻘﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫ ﻗﺩ ﺼﺎﺭ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻜﻴﻑ ﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻀﻰ ﻭﺍﻹﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺒﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻌﺭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻭﻴﻜﺘﻔﻰ ﺒﻪ ﺒل ﻭﻴﺴﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﺍﺠﻬﻬﺎ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻀﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺯﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻘﺼﺎﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺤﺎل ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﺒﻬﺔ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﻭﺘﺨﻁﻰ ﻜل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻌﻭﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺘﻌﺏ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﻴﺸﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻭﻩ ﻭﻗﺩﻤﻭﻩ‬

‫ﻤﻥ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻷﺠﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﺤﺱ ﺒﻤﺸﺎﺭﻜﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻀﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺨﻼل ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺒﺸﺭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﻭﻻﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻡ ﺘﺸﺎﺭﻜﻪ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻭﺍ ﻫﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻌﻅﻡ ﻋﻁﺎﺀﻫﻡ ﻓﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭﻫﻡ ﺸﺭﻜﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪357‬‬


‫ول إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﺴﻰ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻭﻓﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻟﻭﻨﻴﻜﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﻤﻭﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻴﻀﺎﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺒﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻅﻨﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﻬﺘﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻁﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺜﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﻓﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻗﺩ ﺴﺩﺕ ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺒل ﻓﺎﻀﺕ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻗﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻔﺭﻭﺩﺘﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﺍﺌﺤﺔ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﻴل ﻋﻥ ﺫﺒﺎﺌﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻟﻠﺭﻀﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺭﺓ )ﻻ ‪.(13 ،9 :1‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﻓﺭ ﻜل ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﻓﻕ ﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺩﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺒﻔﻀل ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺘﺼﻴﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻤﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻟﺭﻀﻰ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺴﺭﻭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻵﺘﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻓﻰ ﺨﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﷲ ﺃﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻜﻡ ﻫﻭ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭﻙ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻭﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻨﺤﻭﻙ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻓﻴﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻴﺤﺘﺎﺠﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺴﺘﻀﻁﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻠﻭﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻼﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺒﺩﺃ ﻜﻼﻤﻙ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺩﺡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬تحيات ختامية )ع‪:(23-21‬‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱢﻢُ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻜﹸﻢُ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹸ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻣﻌِـﻰ‪ُ22 .‬ﻳﺴَـﻠﱢ ُﻢ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ .‬ﻳُ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫‪21‬ﺳَﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ِﻗﺪﱢﻳ ﹴ‬

‫ﺢ َﻣ َﻊ َﺟﻤِـﻴ ِﻌ ﹸﻜﻢْ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺼ َﺮ‪23 .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ َﺭﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺴﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴ ﹸﻜ ْﻢ َﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺪﱢﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁ ِﻣ َ‬

‫ُس‬ ‫ُكتِبَتْ إِلَى أَھ ِْل فِيلِبﱢى ِمنْ ُرو ِميَةَ َعلَى يَ ِد أَبَ ْف ُرو ِدت َ‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻴﺨﺘﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺭﺴل ﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺭﻓﻘﺎﺌﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻫل ﻓﻴﻠﺒﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪358‬‬


‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﺭﺴل ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻭﺃﻓﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻤﺒﺭﺍﻁﻭﺭﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻴﺕ ﻗﻴﺼﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :23‬ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﻨﻬﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﺒﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﻟﺘﻭﻀﻴﺢ ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃُﺭﺴِﻠﹶﺕ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺃﺠﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺒﺎﺩل ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﺘﻤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻭﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺃﺴﺭﺘﻨﺎ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻨﺎ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺭﺍﺤﺔ ﻭﺸﺒﻊ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺱ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻁﻴﺒﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪359‬‬


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.